In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּרֵאשִׁ֖ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּרֵאשִׁ֖ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·rê·šîṯ
                
                
                     In the beginning 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7225 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) first, beginning, best, chief <BR> 1a) beginning <BR> 1b) first <BR> 1c) chief <BR> 1d) choice part 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·rê·šîṯ
         In the beginning 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         God 
    
 
        
            אֵ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            בָּרָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּרָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·rā
                
                
                     created 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1254 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to create, shape, form <BR> 1a) (Qal) to shape, fashion, create (always with God as subject) <BR> 1a1) of heaven and earth <BR> 1a2) of individual man <BR> 1a3) of new conditions and circumstances <BR> 1a4) of transformations <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be created <BR> 1b1) of heaven and earth <BR> 1b2) of birth <BR> 1b3) of something new <BR> 1b4) of miracles <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to cut down <BR> 1c2) to cut out <BR> 2) to be fat <BR> 2a) (Hiphil) to make yourselves fat 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·rā
         created 
    
 
        
            הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šā·ma·yim
                
                
                     the heavens 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8064 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible heavens, sky <BR> 1a1) as abode of the stars <BR> 1a2) as the visible universe, the sky, atmosphere, etc <BR> 1b) Heaven (as the abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šā·ma·yim
         the heavens 
    
 
        
            וְאֵ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         and 
    
 
        
            הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the earth . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the earth . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Now the earth was formless and void, and darkness was over the surface of the deep. And the Spirit of God was hovering over the surface of the waters.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהָאָ֗רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָאָ֗רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     Now the earth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·’ā·reṣ
         Now the earth 
    
 
        
            הָיְתָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָיְתָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·yə·ṯāh
                
                
                     was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·yə·ṯāh
         was 
    
 
        
            תֹ֙הוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֹ֙הוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯō·hū
                
                
                     formless 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) formlessness, confusion, unreality, emptiness <BR> 1a) formlessness (of primeval earth) <BR> 1a1) nothingness, empty space <BR> 1b) that which is empty or unreal (of idols) (fig) <BR> 1c) wasteland, wilderness (of solitary places) <BR> 1d) place of chaos <BR> 1e) vanity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯō·hū
         formless 
    
 
        
            וָבֹ֔הוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָבֹ֔הוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·ḇō·hū
                
                
                     and void , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) emptiness, void, waste 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·ḇō·hū
         and void , 
    
 
        
            וְחֹ֖שֶׁךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֹ֖שֶׁךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥō·šeḵ
                
                
                     and darkness 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2822 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) darkness, obscurity <BR> 1a) darkness <BR> 1b) secret place 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥō·šeḵ
         and darkness 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     was over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         was over 
    
 
        
            פְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·nê
                
                
                     the surface 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·nê
         the surface 
    
 
        
            תְה֑וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְה֑וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯə·hō·wm
                
                
                     of the deep . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8415 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) deep, depths, deep places, abyss, the deep, sea <BR> 1a) deep (of subterranean waters)<BR> 1b) deep, sea, abysses (of sea) <BR> 1c) primeval ocean, deep <BR> 1d) deep, depth (of river) <BR> 1e) abyss, the grave 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯə·hō·wm
         of the deep . 
    
 
        
            וְר֣וּחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְר֣וּחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rū·aḥ
                
                
                     And the Spirit 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wind, breath, mind, spirit <BR> 1a) breath<BR> 1b) wind <BR> 1b1) of heaven <BR> 1b2) quarter (of wind), side <BR> 1b3) breath of air <BR> 1b4) air, gas <BR> 1b5) vain, empty thing <BR> 1c) spirit (as that which breathes quickly in animation or agitation) <BR> 1c1) spirit, animation, vivacity, vigour <BR> 1c2) courage <BR> 1c3) temper, anger <BR> 1c4) impatience, patience <BR> 1c5) spirit, disposition (as troubled, bitter, discontented) <BR> 1c6) disposition (of various kinds), unaccountable or uncontrollable impulse <BR> 1c7) prophetic spirit <BR> 1d) spirit (of the living, breathing being in man and animals) <BR> 1d1) as gift, preserved by God, God's spirit, departing at death, disembodied being <BR> 1e) spirit (as seat of emotion) <BR> 1e1) desire <BR> 1e2) sorrow, trouble <BR> 1f) spirit <BR> 1f1) as seat or organ of mental acts <BR> 1f2) rarely of the will <BR> 1f3) as seat especially of moral character <BR> 1g) Spirit of God, the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son <BR> 1g1) as inspiring ecstatic state of prophecy <BR> 1g2) as impelling prophet to utter instruction or warning <BR> 1g3) imparting warlike energy and executive and administrative power <BR> 1g4) as endowing men with various gifts <BR> 1g5) as energy of life <BR> 1g6) as manifest in the Shekinah glory <BR> 1g7) never referred to as a depersonalised force 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rū·aḥ
         And the Spirit 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     of God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         of God 
    
 
        
            מְרַחֶ֖פֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְרַחֶ֖פֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ra·ḥe·p̄eṯ
                
                
                     was hovering 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7363 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) to grow soft, relax <BR> 2) (Piel) to hover 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ra·ḥe·p̄eṯ
         was hovering 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         over 
    
 
        
            פְּנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·nê
                
                
                     the surface 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·nê
         the surface 
    
 
        
            הַמָּֽיִם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמָּֽיִם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mā·yim
                
                
                     of the waters . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mā·yim
         of the waters . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And God said, “Let there be light,” and there was light.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     And God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         And God 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֥אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֥אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said , 
    
 
        
            יְהִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hî
                
                
                     “ Let there be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect Jussive - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hî
         “ Let there be 
    
 
        
            א֑וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
א֑וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·wr
                
                
                     light , ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        216 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) light <BR> 1a) light of day <BR> 1b) light of heavenly luminaries (moon, sun, stars) <BR> 1c) day-break, dawn, morning light <BR> 1d) daylight <BR> 1e) lightning <BR> 1f) light of lamp <BR> 1g) light of life <BR> 1h) light of prosperity <BR> 1i) light of instruction <BR> 1j) light of face (fig.) <BR> 1k) Jehovah as Israel's light 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·wr
         light , ” 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     and there was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         and there was 
    
 
        
            אֽוֹר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֽוֹר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·wr
                
                
                     light . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        216 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) light <BR> 1a) light of day <BR> 1b) light of heavenly luminaries (moon, sun, stars) <BR> 1c) day-break, dawn, morning light <BR> 1d) daylight <BR> 1e) lightning <BR> 1f) light of lamp <BR> 1g) light of life <BR> 1h) light of prosperity <BR> 1i) light of instruction <BR> 1j) light of face (fig.) <BR> 1k) Jehovah as Israel's light 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·wr
         light . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And God saw that the light was good, and He separated the light from the darkness.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִ֛ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֛ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     And God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         And God 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֧רְא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֧רְא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yar
                
                
                     saw 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yar
         saw 
    
 
        
            כִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         that 
    
 
        
            הָא֖וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָא֖וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ō·wr
                
                
                     the light 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        216 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) light <BR> 1a) light of day <BR> 1b) light of heavenly luminaries (moon, sun, stars) <BR> 1c) day-break, dawn, morning light <BR> 1d) daylight <BR> 1e) lightning <BR> 1f) light of lamp <BR> 1g) light of life <BR> 1h) light of prosperity <BR> 1i) light of instruction <BR> 1j) light of face (fig.) <BR> 1k) Jehovah as Israel's light 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ō·wr
         the light 
    
 
        
            ט֑וֹב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ט֑וֹב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭō·wḇ
                
                
                     [was] good , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2896 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) good, pleasant, agreeable <BR> 1a) pleasant, agreeable (to the senses) <BR> 1b) pleasant (to the higher nature) <BR> 1c) good, excellent (of its kind) <BR> 1d) good, rich, valuable in estimation <BR> 1e) good, appropriate, becoming <BR> 1f) better (comparative) <BR> 1g) glad, happy, prosperous (of man's sensuous nature) <BR> 1h) good understanding (of man's intellectual nature) <BR> 1i) good, kind, benign <BR> 1j) good, right (ethical) <BR> n m <BR> 2) a good thing, benefit, welfare <BR> 2a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 2b) good things (collective) <BR> 2c) good, benefit <BR> 2d) moral good <BR> n f <BR> 3) welfare, benefit, good things <BR> 3a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 3b) good things (collective) <BR> 3c) bounty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭō·wḇ
         [was] good , 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     and [He] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         and [He] 
    
 
        
            וַיַּבְדֵּ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּבְדֵּ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yaḇ·dêl
                
                
                     separated 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        914 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to divide, separate <BR> 1a) (Hiphil) <BR> 1a1) to divide, separate, sever <BR> 1a2) to separate, set apart <BR> 1a3) to make a distinction, difference <BR> 1a4) to divide into parts <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to separate oneself from (reflexive of 1a2) <BR> 1b2) to withdraw from <BR> 1b3) to separate oneself unto <BR> 1b4) to be separated <BR> 1b5) to be excluded <BR> 1b6) to be set apart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yaḇ·dêl
         separated 
    
 
        
            הָא֖וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָא֖וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ō·wr
                
                
                     the light 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        216 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) light <BR> 1a) light of day <BR> 1b) light of heavenly luminaries (moon, sun, stars) <BR> 1c) day-break, dawn, morning light <BR> 1d) daylight <BR> 1e) lightning <BR> 1f) light of lamp <BR> 1g) light of life <BR> 1h) light of prosperity <BR> 1i) light of instruction <BR> 1j) light of face (fig.) <BR> 1k) Jehovah as Israel's light 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ō·wr
         the light 
    
 
        
            וּבֵ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבֵ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇên
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) between, among, in the midst of (with other preps), from between 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇên
         from 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) between, among, in the midst of (with other preps), from between 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַחֹֽשֶׁךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֹֽשֶׁךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥō·šeḵ
                
                
                     the darkness . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2822 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) darkness, obscurity <BR> 1a) darkness <BR> 1b) secret place 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥō·šeḵ
         the darkness . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            God called the light “day,” and the darkness He called “night.” And there was evening, and there was morning—the first day.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִ֤ים׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֤ים׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         God 
    
 
        
            וַיִּקְרָ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּקְרָ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiq·rā
                
                
                     called 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, call out, recite, read, cry out, proclaim <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to call, cry, utter a loud sound <BR> 1a2) to call unto, cry (for help), call (with name of God) <BR> 1a3) to proclaim <BR> 1a4) to read aloud, read (to oneself), read <BR> 1a5) to summon, invite, call for, call and commission, appoint, call and endow <BR> 1a6) to call, name, give name to, call by <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to call oneself <BR> 1b2) to be called, be proclaimed, be read aloud, be summoned, be named <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be called, be named, be called out, be chosen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiq·rā
         called 
    
 
        
            לָאוֹר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָאוֹר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·’ō·wr
                
                
                     the light 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        216 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) light <BR> 1a) light of day <BR> 1b) light of heavenly luminaries (moon, sun, stars) <BR> 1c) day-break, dawn, morning light <BR> 1d) daylight <BR> 1e) lightning <BR> 1f) light of lamp <BR> 1g) light of life <BR> 1h) light of prosperity <BR> 1i) light of instruction <BR> 1j) light of face (fig.) <BR> 1k) Jehovah as Israel's light 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·’ō·wr
         the light 
    
 
        
            י֔וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
י֔וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·wm
                
                
                     “ day , ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·wm
         “ day , ” 
    
 
        
            וְלַחֹ֖שֶׁךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלַחֹ֖שֶׁךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·la·ḥō·šeḵ
                
                
                     and the darkness 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2822 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) darkness, obscurity <BR> 1a) darkness <BR> 1b) secret place 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·la·ḥō·šeḵ
         and the darkness 
    
 
        
            קָ֣רָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָ֣רָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·rā
                
                
                     He called 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, call out, recite, read, cry out, proclaim <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to call, cry, utter a loud sound <BR> 1a2) to call unto, cry (for help), call (with name of God) <BR> 1a3) to proclaim <BR> 1a4) to read aloud, read (to oneself), read <BR> 1a5) to summon, invite, call for, call and commission, appoint, call and endow <BR> 1a6) to call, name, give name to, call by <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to call oneself <BR> 1b2) to be called, be proclaimed, be read aloud, be summoned, be named <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be called, be named, be called out, be chosen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·rā
         He called 
    
 
        
            לָ֑יְלָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֑יְלָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·yə·lāh
                
                
                     “ night . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3915 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) night <BR> 1a) night (as opposed to day) <BR> 1b) of gloom, protective shadow (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·yə·lāh
         “ night . ” 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     And there was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         And there was 
    
 
        
            עֶ֥רֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶ֥רֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘e·reḇ
                
                
                     evening , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6153 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) evening, night, sunset <BR> 1a) evening, sunset <BR> 1b) night 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘e·reḇ
         evening , 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     and there was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         and there was 
    
 
        
            בֹ֖קֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֹ֖קֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇō·qer
                
                
                     morning — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1242 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) morning, break of day <BR> 1a) morning <BR> 1a1) of end of night <BR> 1a2) of coming of daylight <BR> 1a3) of coming of sunrise <BR> 1a4) of beginning of day <BR> 1a5) of bright joy after night of distress (fig.) <BR> 1b) morrow, next day, next morning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇō·qer
         morning — 
    
 
        
            אֶחָֽד׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָֽד׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     the first 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         the first 
    
 
        
            י֥וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
י֥וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·wm
                
                
                     day . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·wm
         day . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And God said, “Let there be an expanse between the waters, to separate the waters from the waters.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     And God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         And God 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said , 
    
 
        
            יְהִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hî
                
                
                     “ Let there be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect Jussive - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hî
         “ Let there be 
    
 
        
            רָקִ֖יעַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָקִ֖יעַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·qî·a‘
                
                
                     an expanse 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7549 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) extended surface (solid), expanse, firmament <BR> 1a) expanse (flat as base, support) <BR> 1b) firmament (of vault of heaven supporting waters above)<BR> 1b1) considered by Hebrews as solid and supporting 'waters' above 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·qî·a‘
         an expanse 
    
 
        
            בְּת֣וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּת֣וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·wḵ
                
                
                     between 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·wḵ
         between 
    
 
        
            הַמָּ֑יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמָּ֑יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mā·yim
                
                
                     the waters , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mā·yim
         the waters , 
    
 
        
            וִיהִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִיהִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wî·hî
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect Jussive - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wî·hî
         to 
    
 
        
            מַבְדִּ֔יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַבְדִּ֔יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maḇ·dîl
                
                
                     separate 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        914 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to divide, separate <BR> 1a) (Hiphil) <BR> 1a1) to divide, separate, sever <BR> 1a2) to separate, set apart <BR> 1a3) to make a distinction, difference <BR> 1a4) to divide into parts <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to separate oneself from (reflexive of 1a2) <BR> 1b2) to withdraw from <BR> 1b3) to separate oneself unto <BR> 1b4) to be separated <BR> 1b5) to be excluded <BR> 1b6) to be set apart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maḇ·dîl
         separate 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) between, among, in the midst of (with other preps), from between 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַ֖יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַ֖יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·yim
                
                
                     the waters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·yim
         the waters 
    
 
        
            לָמָֽיִם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָמָֽיִם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·mā·yim
                
                
                     from the waters . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·mā·yim
         from the waters . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So God made the expanse and separated the waters beneath it from the waters above. And it was so.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִים֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִים֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     So God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         So God 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֣עַשׂ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֣עַשׂ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘aś
                
                
                     made 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘aś
         made 
    
 
        
            הָרָקִיעַ֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרָקִיעַ֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rā·qî·a‘
                
                
                     the expanse 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7549 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) extended surface (solid), expanse, firmament <BR> 1a) expanse (flat as base, support) <BR> 1b) firmament (of vault of heaven supporting waters above)<BR> 1b1) considered by Hebrews as solid and supporting 'waters' above 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rā·qî·a‘
         the expanse 
    
 
        
            וַיַּבְדֵּ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּבְדֵּ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yaḇ·dêl
                
                
                     and separated 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        914 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to divide, separate <BR> 1a) (Hiphil) <BR> 1a1) to divide, separate, sever <BR> 1a2) to separate, set apart <BR> 1a3) to make a distinction, difference <BR> 1a4) to divide into parts <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to separate oneself from (reflexive of 1a2) <BR> 1b2) to withdraw from <BR> 1b3) to separate oneself unto <BR> 1b4) to be separated <BR> 1b5) to be excluded <BR> 1b6) to be set apart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yaḇ·dêl
         and separated 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֤ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֤ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) between, among, in the midst of (with other preps), from between 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַמַּ֙יִם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּ֙יִם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·yim
                
                
                     the waters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·yim
         the waters 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            מִתַּ֣חַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִתַּ֣חַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mit·ta·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     beneath 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the under part, beneath, instead of, as, for, for the sake of, flat, unto, where, whereas n m <BR> 1a) the under part adv accus <BR> 1b) beneath prep <BR> 1c) under, beneath <BR> 1c1) at the foot of (idiom) <BR> 1c2) sweetness, subjection, woman, being burdened or oppressed (fig) <BR> 1c3) of subjection or conquest <BR> 1d) what is under one, the place in which one stands <BR> 1d1) in one's place, the place in which one stands (idiom with reflexive pronoun) <BR> 1d2) in place of, instead of (in transferred sense) <BR> 1d3) in place of, in exchange or return for (of things mutually interchanged) <BR> conj <BR> 1e) instead of, instead of that <BR> 1f) in return for that, because that in compounds <BR> 1g) in, under, into the place of (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) from under, from beneath, from under the hand of, from his place, under, beneath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mit·ta·ḥaṯ
         beneath 
    
 
        
            לָרָקִ֔יעַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָרָקִ֔יעַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·rā·qî·a‘
                
                
                     [it] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7549 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) extended surface (solid), expanse, firmament <BR> 1a) expanse (flat as base, support) <BR> 1b) firmament (of vault of heaven supporting waters above)<BR> 1b1) considered by Hebrews as solid and supporting 'waters' above 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·rā·qî·a‘
         [it] 
    
 
        
            וּבֵ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבֵ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇên
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) between, among, in the midst of (with other preps), from between 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇên
         from 
    
 
        
            הַמַּ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·yim
                
                
                     the waters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·yim
         the waters 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            מֵעַ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵעַ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·‘al
                
                
                     above 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·‘al
         above 
    
 
        
            לָרָקִ֑יעַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָרָקִ֑יעַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·rā·qî·a‘
                
                
                     - . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7549 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) extended surface (solid), expanse, firmament <BR> 1a) expanse (flat as base, support) <BR> 1b) firmament (of vault of heaven supporting waters above)<BR> 1b1) considered by Hebrews as solid and supporting 'waters' above 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·rā·qî·a‘
         - . 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     And it was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         And it was 
    
 
        
            כֵֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵên
                
                
                     so . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵên
         so . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            God called the expanse “sky.” And there was evening, and there was morning—the second day.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִ֛ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֛ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         God 
    
 
        
            וַיִּקְרָ֧א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּקְרָ֧א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiq·rā
                
                
                     called 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, call out, recite, read, cry out, proclaim <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to call, cry, utter a loud sound <BR> 1a2) to call unto, cry (for help), call (with name of God) <BR> 1a3) to proclaim <BR> 1a4) to read aloud, read (to oneself), read <BR> 1a5) to summon, invite, call for, call and commission, appoint, call and endow <BR> 1a6) to call, name, give name to, call by <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to call oneself <BR> 1b2) to be called, be proclaimed, be read aloud, be summoned, be named <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be called, be named, be called out, be chosen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiq·rā
         called 
    
 
        
            לָֽרָקִ֖יעַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָֽרָקִ֖יעַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·rā·qî·a‘
                
                
                     the expanse 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7549 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) extended surface (solid), expanse, firmament <BR> 1a) expanse (flat as base, support) <BR> 1b) firmament (of vault of heaven supporting waters above)<BR> 1b1) considered by Hebrews as solid and supporting 'waters' above 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·rā·qî·a‘
         the expanse 
    
 
        
            שָׁמָ֑יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁמָ֑יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·mā·yim
                
                
                     “ sky . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8064 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible heavens, sky <BR> 1a1) as abode of the stars <BR> 1a2) as the visible universe, the sky, atmosphere, etc <BR> 1b) Heaven (as the abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·mā·yim
         “ sky . ” 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     And there was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         And there was 
    
 
        
            עֶ֥רֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶ֥רֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘e·reḇ
                
                
                     evening , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6153 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) evening, night, sunset <BR> 1a) evening, sunset <BR> 1b) night 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘e·reḇ
         evening , 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     and there was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         and there was 
    
 
        
            בֹ֖קֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֹ֖קֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇō·qer
                
                
                     morning — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1242 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) morning, break of day <BR> 1a) morning <BR> 1a1) of end of night <BR> 1a2) of coming of daylight <BR> 1a3) of coming of sunrise <BR> 1a4) of beginning of day <BR> 1a5) of bright joy after night of distress (fig.) <BR> 1b) morrow, next day, next morning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇō·qer
         morning — 
    
 
        
            שֵׁנִֽי׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֵׁנִֽי׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šê·nî
                
                
                     the second 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - ordinal masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8145 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) second <BR> 1a) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1b) again (a second time)<BR> 1c) another, other (something as distinct from something else) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šê·nî
         the second 
    
 
        
            י֥וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
י֥וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·wm
                
                
                     day . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·wm
         day . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And God said, “Let the waters under the sky be gathered into one place, so that the dry land may appear.” And it was so.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     And God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         And God 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said , 
    
 
        
            הַמַּ֜יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּ֜יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·yim
                
                
                     “ Let the waters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·yim
         “ Let the waters 
    
 
        
            מִתַּ֤חַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִתַּ֤חַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mit·ta·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     under 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the under part, beneath, instead of, as, for, for the sake of, flat, unto, where, whereas n m <BR> 1a) the under part adv accus <BR> 1b) beneath prep <BR> 1c) under, beneath <BR> 1c1) at the foot of (idiom) <BR> 1c2) sweetness, subjection, woman, being burdened or oppressed (fig) <BR> 1c3) of subjection or conquest <BR> 1d) what is under one, the place in which one stands <BR> 1d1) in one's place, the place in which one stands (idiom with reflexive pronoun) <BR> 1d2) in place of, instead of (in transferred sense) <BR> 1d3) in place of, in exchange or return for (of things mutually interchanged) <BR> conj <BR> 1e) instead of, instead of that <BR> 1f) in return for that, because that in compounds <BR> 1g) in, under, into the place of (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) from under, from beneath, from under the hand of, from his place, under, beneath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mit·ta·ḥaṯ
         under 
    
 
        
            הַשָּׁמַ֙יִם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשָּׁמַ֙יִם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šā·ma·yim
                
                
                     the sky 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8064 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible heavens, sky <BR> 1a1) as abode of the stars <BR> 1a2) as the visible universe, the sky, atmosphere, etc <BR> 1b) Heaven (as the abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šā·ma·yim
         the sky 
    
 
        
            יִקָּו֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִקָּו֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiq·qā·wū
                
                
                     be gathered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6960 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to wait, look for, hope, expect <BR> 1a) (Qal) waiting (participle) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to wait or look eagerly for <BR> 1b2) to lie in wait for <BR> 1b3) to wait for, linger for <BR> 2) to collect, bind together <BR> 2a) (Niphal) to be collected 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiq·qā·wū
         be gathered 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     into 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         into 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         one 
    
 
        
            מָק֣וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָק֣וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·qō·wm
                
                
                     place , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) standing place, place <BR> 1a) standing place, station, post, office <BR> 1b) place, place of human abode <BR> 1c) city, land, region <BR> 1d) place, locality, spot <BR> 1e) space, room, distance <BR> 1f) region, quarter, direction <BR> 1g) give place to, instead of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·qō·wm
         place , 
    
 
        
            הַיַּבָּשָׁ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּבָּשָׁ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yab·bā·šāh
                
                
                     so that the dry [land] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dry land, dry ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yab·bā·šāh
         so that the dry [land] 
    
 
        
            וְתֵרָאֶ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתֵרָאֶ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯê·rā·’eh
                
                
                     may appear . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯê·rā·’eh
         may appear . ” 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     And it was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         And it was 
    
 
        
            כֵֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵên
                
                
                     so . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵên
         so . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            God called the dry land “earth,” and the gathering of waters He called “seas.” And God saw that it was good.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִ֤ים׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֤ים׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         God 
    
 
        
            וַיִּקְרָ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּקְרָ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiq·rā
                
                
                     called 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, call out, recite, read, cry out, proclaim <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to call, cry, utter a loud sound <BR> 1a2) to call unto, cry (for help), call (with name of God) <BR> 1a3) to proclaim <BR> 1a4) to read aloud, read (to oneself), read <BR> 1a5) to summon, invite, call for, call and commission, appoint, call and endow <BR> 1a6) to call, name, give name to, call by <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to call oneself <BR> 1b2) to be called, be proclaimed, be read aloud, be summoned, be named <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be called, be named, be called out, be chosen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiq·rā
         called 
    
 
        
            לַיַּבָּשָׁה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַיַּבָּשָׁה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lay·yab·bā·šāh
                
                
                     the dry [land] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dry land, dry ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lay·yab·bā·šāh
         the dry [land] 
    
 
        
            אֶ֔רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֔רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·reṣ
                
                
                     “ earth , ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·reṣ
         “ earth , ” 
    
 
        
            וּלְמִקְוֵ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְמִקְוֵ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·miq·wêh
                
                
                     and the gathering 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4723 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) hope <BR> 1a) hope <BR> 1b) ground of hope <BR> 1c) things hoped for, outcome <BR> 2) collection, collected mass <BR> n pr m <BR> 3) (CLBL) Kue, a place in Cilicia from which Solomon imported horses 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·miq·wêh
         and the gathering 
    
 
        
            הַמַּ֖יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּ֖יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·yim
                
                
                     of waters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·yim
         of waters 
    
 
        
            קָרָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָרָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·rā
                
                
                     He called 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, call out, recite, read, cry out, proclaim <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to call, cry, utter a loud sound <BR> 1a2) to call unto, cry (for help), call (with name of God) <BR> 1a3) to proclaim <BR> 1a4) to read aloud, read (to oneself), read <BR> 1a5) to summon, invite, call for, call and commission, appoint, call and endow <BR> 1a6) to call, name, give name to, call by <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to call oneself <BR> 1b2) to be called, be proclaimed, be read aloud, be summoned, be named <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be called, be named, be called out, be chosen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·rā
         He called 
    
 
        
            יַמִּ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַמִּ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yam·mîm
                
                
                     “ seas . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yam·mîm
         “ seas . ” 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     And God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         And God 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֥רְא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֥רְא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yar
                
                
                     saw 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yar
         saw 
    
 
        
            כִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         that 
    
 
        
            טֽוֹב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טֽוֹב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭō·wḇ
                
                
                     [it was] good . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2896 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) good, pleasant, agreeable <BR> 1a) pleasant, agreeable (to the senses) <BR> 1b) pleasant (to the higher nature) <BR> 1c) good, excellent (of its kind) <BR> 1d) good, rich, valuable in estimation <BR> 1e) good, appropriate, becoming <BR> 1f) better (comparative) <BR> 1g) glad, happy, prosperous (of man's sensuous nature) <BR> 1h) good understanding (of man's intellectual nature) <BR> 1i) good, kind, benign <BR> 1j) good, right (ethical) <BR> n m <BR> 2) a good thing, benefit, welfare <BR> 2a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 2b) good things (collective) <BR> 2c) good, benefit <BR> 2d) moral good <BR> n f <BR> 3) welfare, benefit, good things <BR> 3a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 3b) good things (collective) <BR> 3c) bounty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭō·wḇ
         [it was] good . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then God said, “Let the earth bring forth vegetation: seed-bearing plants and fruit trees, each bearing fruit with seed according to its kind.” And it was so.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     Then God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         Then God 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said , 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֙רֶץ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֙רֶץ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     “ Let the earth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         “ Let the earth 
    
 
        
            תַּֽדְשֵׁ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּֽדְשֵׁ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    taḏ·šê
                
                
                     bring forth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect Jussive - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1876 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to sprout, shoot, grow green <BR> 1a) (Qal) to sprout, grow green <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to cause to sprout, cause to shoot forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        taḏ·šê
         bring forth 
    
 
        
            דֶּ֔שֶׁא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דֶּ֔שֶׁא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    de·še
                
                
                     vegetation : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1877 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) grass, new grass, green herb, vegetation, young 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        de·še
         vegetation : 
    
 
        
            מַזְרִ֣יעַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַזְרִ֣יעַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maz·rî·a‘
                
                
                     seed-bearing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2232 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to sow, scatter seed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sow <BR> 1a2) producing, yielding seed <BR> 1b)(Niphal)<BR> 1b1) to be sown <BR> 1b2) to become pregnant, be made pregnant <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be sown <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to produce seed, yield seed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maz·rî·a‘
         seed-bearing 
    
 
        
            זֶ֔רַע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֶ֔רַע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ze·ra‘
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2233 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seed, sowing, offspring <BR> 1a) a sowing <BR> 1b) seed <BR> 1c) semen virile <BR> 1d) offspring, descendants, posterity, children <BR> 1e) of moral quality <BR> 1e1) a practitioner of righteousness (fig.) <BR> 1f) sowing time (by meton) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ze·ra‘
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עֵ֚שֶׂב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֚שֶׂב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ê·śeḇ
                
                
                     plants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6212 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) herb, herbage, grass, green plants 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ê·śeḇ
         plants 
    
 
        
            פְּרִ֞י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּרִ֞י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·rî
                
                
                     and fruit 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6529 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fruit <BR> 1a) fruit, produce (of the ground) <BR> 1b) fruit, offspring, children, progeny (of the womb) <BR> 1c) fruit (of actions) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·rî
         and fruit 
    
 
        
            עֵ֣ץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֣ץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘êṣ
                
                
                     trees , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘êṣ
         trees , 
    
 
        
            עֹ֤שֶׂה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֹ֤שֶׂה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·śeh
                
                
                     each bearing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·śeh
         each bearing 
    
 
        
            פְּרִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּרִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·rî
                
                
                     fruit 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6529 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fruit <BR> 1a) fruit, produce (of the ground) <BR> 1b) fruit, offspring, children, progeny (of the womb) <BR> 1c) fruit (of actions) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·rî
         fruit 
    
 
        
            זַרְעוֹ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זַרְעוֹ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zar·‘ōw-
                
                
                     with seed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2233 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seed, sowing, offspring <BR> 1a) a sowing <BR> 1b) seed <BR> 1c) semen virile <BR> 1d) offspring, descendants, posterity, children <BR> 1e) of moral quality <BR> 1e1) a practitioner of righteousness (fig.) <BR> 1f) sowing time (by meton) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zar·‘ōw-
         with seed 
    
 
        
            לְמִינ֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִינ֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mî·nōw
                
                
                     according to its kind 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4327 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kind, sometimes a species (usually of animals) <BR> ++++<BR> Groups of living organisms belong in the same created |kind| if they have descended from the same ancestral gene pool. This does not preclude new species because this represents a partitioning of the original gene pool. Information is lost or conserved not gained. A new species could arise when a population is isolated and inbreeding occurs. By this definition a new species is not a new |kind| but a further partitioning of an existing |kind|. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mî·nōw
         according to its kind 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            ב֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ב֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇōw
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇōw
         - 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֑רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֑רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     - . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         - . ” 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     And it was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         And it was 
    
 
        
            כֵֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵên
                
                
                     so . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵên
         so . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The earth produced vegetation: seed-bearing plants according to their kinds and trees bearing fruit with seed according to their kinds. And God saw that it was good.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הָאָ֜רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֜רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     The earth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         The earth 
    
 
        
            וַתּוֹצֵ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַתּוֹצֵ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wat·tō·w·ṣê
                
                
                     produced 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wat·tō·w·ṣê
         produced 
    
 
        
            דֶּ֠שֶׁא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דֶּ֠שֶׁא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    de·še
                
                
                     vegetation : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1877 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) grass, new grass, green herb, vegetation, young 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        de·še
         vegetation : 
    
 
        
            מַזְרִ֤יעַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַזְרִ֤יעַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maz·rî·a‘
                
                
                     seed-bearing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2232 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to sow, scatter seed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sow <BR> 1a2) producing, yielding seed <BR> 1b)(Niphal)<BR> 1b1) to be sown <BR> 1b2) to become pregnant, be made pregnant <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be sown <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to produce seed, yield seed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maz·rî·a‘
         seed-bearing 
    
 
        
            זֶ֙רַע֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֶ֙רַע֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ze·ra‘
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2233 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seed, sowing, offspring <BR> 1a) a sowing <BR> 1b) seed <BR> 1c) semen virile <BR> 1d) offspring, descendants, posterity, children <BR> 1e) of moral quality <BR> 1e1) a practitioner of righteousness (fig.) <BR> 1f) sowing time (by meton) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ze·ra‘
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עֵ֣שֶׂב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֣שֶׂב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ê·śeḇ
                
                
                     plants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6212 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) herb, herbage, grass, green plants 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ê·śeḇ
         plants 
    
 
        
            לְמִינֵ֔הוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִינֵ֔הוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mî·nê·hū
                
                
                     according to their kinds 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4327 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kind, sometimes a species (usually of animals) <BR> ++++<BR> Groups of living organisms belong in the same created |kind| if they have descended from the same ancestral gene pool. This does not preclude new species because this represents a partitioning of the original gene pool. Information is lost or conserved not gained. A new species could arise when a population is isolated and inbreeding occurs. By this definition a new species is not a new |kind| but a further partitioning of an existing |kind|. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mî·nê·hū
         according to their kinds 
    
 
        
            וְעֵ֧ץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעֵ֧ץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘êṣ
                
                
                     and trees 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘êṣ
         and trees 
    
 
        
            עֹֽשֶׂה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֹֽשֶׂה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·śeh-
                
                
                     bearing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·śeh-
         bearing 
    
 
        
            פְּרִ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּרִ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·rî
                
                
                     fruit 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6529 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fruit <BR> 1a) fruit, produce (of the ground) <BR> 1b) fruit, offspring, children, progeny (of the womb) <BR> 1c) fruit (of actions) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·rî
         fruit 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            זַרְעוֹ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זַרְעוֹ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zar·‘ōw-
                
                
                     with seed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2233 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seed, sowing, offspring <BR> 1a) a sowing <BR> 1b) seed <BR> 1c) semen virile <BR> 1d) offspring, descendants, posterity, children <BR> 1e) of moral quality <BR> 1e1) a practitioner of righteousness (fig.) <BR> 1f) sowing time (by meton) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zar·‘ōw-
         with seed 
    
 
        
            ב֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ב֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇōw
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇōw
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְמִינֵ֑הוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִינֵ֑הוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mî·nê·hū
                
                
                     according to their kinds . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4327 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kind, sometimes a species (usually of animals) <BR> ++++<BR> Groups of living organisms belong in the same created |kind| if they have descended from the same ancestral gene pool. This does not preclude new species because this represents a partitioning of the original gene pool. Information is lost or conserved not gained. A new species could arise when a population is isolated and inbreeding occurs. By this definition a new species is not a new |kind| but a further partitioning of an existing |kind|. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mî·nê·hū
         according to their kinds . 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     And God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         And God 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֥רְא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֥רְא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yar
                
                
                     saw 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yar
         saw 
    
 
        
            כִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         that 
    
 
        
            טֽוֹב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טֽוֹב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭō·wḇ
                
                
                     it was good . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2896 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) good, pleasant, agreeable <BR> 1a) pleasant, agreeable (to the senses) <BR> 1b) pleasant (to the higher nature) <BR> 1c) good, excellent (of its kind) <BR> 1d) good, rich, valuable in estimation <BR> 1e) good, appropriate, becoming <BR> 1f) better (comparative) <BR> 1g) glad, happy, prosperous (of man's sensuous nature) <BR> 1h) good understanding (of man's intellectual nature) <BR> 1i) good, kind, benign <BR> 1j) good, right (ethical) <BR> n m <BR> 2) a good thing, benefit, welfare <BR> 2a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 2b) good things (collective) <BR> 2c) good, benefit <BR> 2d) moral good <BR> n f <BR> 3) welfare, benefit, good things <BR> 3a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 3b) good things (collective) <BR> 3c) bounty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭō·wḇ
         it was good . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And there was evening, and there was morning—the third day.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     And there was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         And there was 
    
 
        
            עֶ֥רֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶ֥רֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘e·reḇ
                
                
                     evening , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6153 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) evening, night, sunset <BR> 1a) evening, sunset <BR> 1b) night 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘e·reḇ
         evening , 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     and there was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         and there was 
    
 
        
            בֹ֖קֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֹ֖קֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇō·qer
                
                
                     morning — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1242 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) morning, break of day <BR> 1a) morning <BR> 1a1) of end of night <BR> 1a2) of coming of daylight <BR> 1a3) of coming of sunrise <BR> 1a4) of beginning of day <BR> 1a5) of bright joy after night of distress (fig.) <BR> 1b) morrow, next day, next morning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇō·qer
         morning — 
    
 
        
            שְׁלִישִֽׁי׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלִישִֽׁי׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lî·šî
                
                
                     the third 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - ordinal masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) third, one third, third part, third time <BR> 1a) ordinal number 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lî·šî
         the third 
    
 
        
            י֥וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
י֥וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·wm
                
                
                     day . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·wm
         day . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And God said, “Let there be lights in the expanse of the sky to distinguish between the day and the night, and let them be signs to mark the seasons and days and years.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     And God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         And God 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said , 
    
 
        
            יְהִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hî
                
                
                     “ Let there be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect Jussive - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hî
         “ Let there be 
    
 
        
            מְאֹרֹת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאֹרֹת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’ō·rōṯ
                
                
                     lights 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) light, luminary 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’ō·rōṯ
         lights 
    
 
        
            בִּרְקִ֣יעַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּרְקִ֣יעַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bir·qî·a‘
                
                
                     in the expanse 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7549 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) extended surface (solid), expanse, firmament <BR> 1a) expanse (flat as base, support) <BR> 1b) firmament (of vault of heaven supporting waters above)<BR> 1b1) considered by Hebrews as solid and supporting 'waters' above 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bir·qî·a‘
         in the expanse 
    
 
        
            הַשָּׁמַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשָּׁמַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šā·ma·yim
                
                
                     of the sky 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8064 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible heavens, sky <BR> 1a1) as abode of the stars <BR> 1a2) as the visible universe, the sky, atmosphere, etc <BR> 1b) Heaven (as the abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šā·ma·yim
         of the sky 
    
 
        
            לְהַבְדִּ֕יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַבְדִּ֕יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·haḇ·dîl
                
                
                     to distinguish 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        914 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to divide, separate <BR> 1a) (Hiphil) <BR> 1a1) to divide, separate, sever <BR> 1a2) to separate, set apart <BR> 1a3) to make a distinction, difference <BR> 1a4) to divide into parts <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to separate oneself from (reflexive of 1a2) <BR> 1b2) to withdraw from <BR> 1b3) to separate oneself unto <BR> 1b4) to be separated <BR> 1b5) to be excluded <BR> 1b6) to be set apart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·haḇ·dîl
         to distinguish 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bên
                
                
                     between 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) between, among, in the midst of (with other preps), from between 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bên
         between 
    
 
        
            הַיּ֖וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיּ֖וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yō·wm
                
                
                     the day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yō·wm
         the day 
    
 
        
            וּבֵ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבֵ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇên
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) between, among, in the midst of (with other preps), from between 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇên
         and 
    
 
        
            הַלָּ֑יְלָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלָּ֑יְלָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·lā·yə·lāh
                
                
                     the night , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3915 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) night <BR> 1a) night (as opposed to day) <BR> 1b) of gloom, protective shadow (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·lā·yə·lāh
         the night , 
    
 
        
            וְהָי֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָי֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yū
                
                
                     and let them be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yū
         and let them be 
    
 
        
            לְאֹתֹת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאֹתֹת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’ō·ṯōṯ
                
                
                     signs to mark 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        226 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign, signal <BR> 1a) a distinguishing mark <BR> 1b) banner <BR> 1c) remembrance <BR> 1d) miraculous sign <BR> 1e) omen <BR> 1f) warning <BR> 2) token, ensign, standard, miracle, proof 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’ō·ṯōṯ
         signs to mark 
    
 
        
            וּלְמ֣וֹעֲדִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְמ֣וֹעֲדִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·mō·w·‘ă·ḏîm
                
                
                     [the] seasons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4150 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) appointed place, appointed time, meeting <BR> 1a) appointed time <BR> 1a1) appointed time (general) <BR> 1a2) sacred season, set feast, appointed season <BR> 1b) appointed meeting <BR> 1c) appointed place <BR> 1d) appointed sign or signal <BR> 1e) tent of meeting 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·mō·w·‘ă·ḏîm
         [the] seasons 
    
 
        
            וּלְיָמִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְיָמִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·yā·mîm
                
                
                     and days 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·yā·mîm
         and days 
    
 
        
            וְשָׁנִֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׁנִֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šā·nîm
                
                
                     and years . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šā·nîm
         and years . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And let them serve as lights in the expanse of the sky to shine upon the earth.” And it was so.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהָי֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָי֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yū
                
                
                     And let them serve 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yū
         And let them serve 
    
 
        
            לִמְאוֹרֹת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִמְאוֹרֹת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lim·’ō·w·rōṯ
                
                
                     as lights 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) light, luminary 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lim·’ō·w·rōṯ
         as lights 
    
 
        
            בִּרְקִ֣יעַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּרְקִ֣יעַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bir·qî·a‘
                
                
                     in the expanse 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7549 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) extended surface (solid), expanse, firmament <BR> 1a) expanse (flat as base, support) <BR> 1b) firmament (of vault of heaven supporting waters above)<BR> 1b1) considered by Hebrews as solid and supporting 'waters' above 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bir·qî·a‘
         in the expanse 
    
 
        
            הַשָּׁמַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשָּׁמַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šā·ma·yim
                
                
                     of the sky 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8064 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible heavens, sky <BR> 1a1) as abode of the stars <BR> 1a2) as the visible universe, the sky, atmosphere, etc <BR> 1b) Heaven (as the abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šā·ma·yim
         of the sky 
    
 
        
            לְהָאִ֖יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהָאִ֖יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hā·’îr
                
                
                     to shine 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        215 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be or become light, shine <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to become light (day)<BR> 1a2) to shine (of the sun) <BR> 1a3) to become bright <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be illuminated <BR> 1b2) to become lighted up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to give light, shine (of sun, moon, and stars) <BR> 1c2) to illumine, light up, cause to shine, shine <BR> 1c3) to kindle, light (candle, wood) <BR> 1c4) lighten (of the eyes, his law, etc) <BR> 1c5) to make shine (of the face) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hā·’îr
         to shine 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     upon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         upon 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֑רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֑רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the earth . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the earth . ” 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     And it was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         And it was 
    
 
        
            כֵֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵên
                
                
                     so . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵên
         so . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            God made two great lights: the greater light to rule the day and the lesser light to rule the night. And He made the stars as well.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         God 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֣עַשׂ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֣עַשׂ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘aś
                
                
                     made 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘aś
         made 
    
 
        
            שְׁנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·nê
                
                
                     two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·nê
         two 
    
 
        
            הַגְּדֹלִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגְּדֹלִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gə·ḏō·lîm
                
                
                     great 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1419 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) large (in magnitude and extent) <BR> 1b) in number <BR> 1c) in intensity <BR> 1d) loud (in sound) <BR> 1e) older (in age) <BR> 1f) in importance <BR> 1f1) important things <BR> 1f2) great, distinguished (of men) <BR> 1f3) God Himself (of God) <BR> subst <BR> 1g) great things <BR> 1h) haughty things <BR> 1i) greatness <BR> n pr m <BR> 1j) (CLBL) Haggedolim, the great man?, father of Zabdiel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gə·ḏō·lîm
         great 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַמְּאֹרֹ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמְּאֹרֹ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mə·’ō·rōṯ
                
                
                     lights : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) light, luminary 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mə·’ō·rōṯ
         lights : 
    
 
        
            הַגָּדֹל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגָּדֹל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gā·ḏōl
                
                
                     the greater 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1419 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) large (in magnitude and extent) <BR> 1b) in number <BR> 1c) in intensity <BR> 1d) loud (in sound) <BR> 1e) older (in age) <BR> 1f) in importance <BR> 1f1) important things <BR> 1f2) great, distinguished (of men) <BR> 1f3) God Himself (of God) <BR> subst <BR> 1g) great things <BR> 1h) haughty things <BR> 1i) greatness <BR> n pr m <BR> 1j) (CLBL) Haggedolim, the great man?, father of Zabdiel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gā·ḏōl
         the greater 
    
 
        
            הַמָּא֤וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמָּא֤וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mā·’ō·wr
                
                
                     light 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) light, luminary 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mā·’ō·wr
         light 
    
 
        
            לְמֶמְשֶׁ֣לֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמֶמְשֶׁ֣לֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mem·še·leṯ
                
                
                     to rule 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4475 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rule, dominion, realm <BR> 1a) rule, dominion, realm, domain <BR> 1b) rule<BR> 1c) rule, dominion (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mem·še·leṯ
         to rule 
    
 
        
            הַיּ֔וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיּ֔וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yō·wm
                
                
                     the day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yō·wm
         the day 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         and 
    
 
        
            הַקָּטֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקָּטֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qā·ṭōn
                
                
                     the lesser 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) young, small, insignificant, unimportant <BR> 1a) small <BR> 1b) insignificant <BR> 1c) young <BR> 1d) unimportant 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qā·ṭōn
         the lesser 
    
 
        
            הַמָּא֤וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמָּא֤וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mā·’ō·wr
                
                
                     light 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) light, luminary 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mā·’ō·wr
         light 
    
 
        
            לְמֶמְשֶׁ֣לֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמֶמְשֶׁ֣לֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mem·še·leṯ
                
                
                     to rule 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4475 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rule, dominion, realm <BR> 1a) rule, dominion, realm, domain <BR> 1b) rule<BR> 1c) rule, dominion (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mem·še·leṯ
         to rule 
    
 
        
            הַלַּ֔יְלָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלַּ֔יְלָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·lay·lāh
                
                
                     the night . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3915 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) night <BR> 1a) night (as opposed to day) <BR> 1b) of gloom, protective shadow (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·lay·lāh
         the night . 
    
 
        
            וְאֵ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     And [He made] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         And [He made] 
    
 
        
            הַכּוֹכָבִֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכּוֹכָבִֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·w·ḵā·ḇîm
                
                
                     the stars {as well} . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3556 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) star <BR> 1a) of Messiah, brothers, youth, numerous progeny, personification, God's omniscience (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·w·ḵā·ḇîm
         the stars {as well} . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            God set these lights in the expanse of the sky to shine upon the earth,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         God 
    
 
        
            וַיִּתֵּ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּתֵּ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yit·tên
                
                
                     set 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yit·tên
         set 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     [these lights] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         [these lights] 
    
 
        
            בִּרְקִ֣יעַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּרְקִ֣יעַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bir·qî·a‘
                
                
                     in the expanse 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7549 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) extended surface (solid), expanse, firmament <BR> 1a) expanse (flat as base, support) <BR> 1b) firmament (of vault of heaven supporting waters above)<BR> 1b1) considered by Hebrews as solid and supporting 'waters' above 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bir·qî·a‘
         in the expanse 
    
 
        
            הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šā·mā·yim
                
                
                     of the sky 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8064 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible heavens, sky <BR> 1a1) as abode of the stars <BR> 1a2) as the visible universe, the sky, atmosphere, etc <BR> 1b) Heaven (as the abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šā·mā·yim
         of the sky 
    
 
        
            לְהָאִ֖יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהָאִ֖יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hā·’îr
                
                
                     to shine 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        215 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be or become light, shine <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to become light (day)<BR> 1a2) to shine (of the sun) <BR> 1a3) to become bright <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be illuminated <BR> 1b2) to become lighted up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to give light, shine (of sun, moon, and stars) <BR> 1c2) to illumine, light up, cause to shine, shine <BR> 1c3) to kindle, light (candle, wood) <BR> 1c4) lighten (of the eyes, his law, etc) <BR> 1c5) to make shine (of the face) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hā·’îr
         to shine 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     upon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         upon 
    
 
        
            הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the earth , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the earth , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            to preside over the day and the night, and to separate the light from the darkness. And God saw that it was good.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלִמְשֹׁל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִמְשֹׁל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lim·šōl
                
                
                     to preside over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4910 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rule, have dominion, reign <BR> 1a) (Qal) to rule, have dominion <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to rule <BR> 1b2) to exercise dominion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lim·šōl
         to preside over 
    
 
        
            בַּיּ֣וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיּ֣וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·yō·wm
                
                
                     the day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·yō·wm
         the day 
    
 
        
            וּבַלַּ֔יְלָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבַלַּ֔יְלָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇal·lay·lāh
                
                
                     and the night , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3915 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) night <BR> 1a) night (as opposed to day) <BR> 1b) of gloom, protective shadow (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇal·lay·lāh
         and the night , 
    
 
        
            וּֽלֲהַבְדִּ֔יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּֽלֲהַבְדִּ֔יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lă·haḇ·dîl
                
                
                     and to separate 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        914 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to divide, separate <BR> 1a) (Hiphil) <BR> 1a1) to divide, separate, sever <BR> 1a2) to separate, set apart <BR> 1a3) to make a distinction, difference <BR> 1a4) to divide into parts <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to separate oneself from (reflexive of 1a2) <BR> 1b2) to withdraw from <BR> 1b3) to separate oneself unto <BR> 1b4) to be separated <BR> 1b5) to be excluded <BR> 1b6) to be set apart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lă·haḇ·dîl
         and to separate 
    
 
        
            הָא֖וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָא֖וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ō·wr
                
                
                     the light 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        216 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) light <BR> 1a) light of day <BR> 1b) light of heavenly luminaries (moon, sun, stars) <BR> 1c) day-break, dawn, morning light <BR> 1d) daylight <BR> 1e) lightning <BR> 1f) light of lamp <BR> 1g) light of life <BR> 1h) light of prosperity <BR> 1i) light of instruction <BR> 1j) light of face (fig.) <BR> 1k) Jehovah as Israel's light 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ō·wr
         the light 
    
 
        
            וּבֵ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבֵ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇên
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) between, among, in the midst of (with other preps), from between 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇên
         from 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) between, among, in the midst of (with other preps), from between 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַחֹ֑שֶׁךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֹ֑שֶׁךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥō·šeḵ
                
                
                     the darkness . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2822 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) darkness, obscurity <BR> 1a) darkness <BR> 1b) secret place 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥō·šeḵ
         the darkness . 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     And God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         And God 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֥רְא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֥רְא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yar
                
                
                     saw 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yar
         saw 
    
 
        
            כִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         that 
    
 
        
            טֽוֹב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טֽוֹב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭō·wḇ
                
                
                     [it was] good . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2896 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) good, pleasant, agreeable <BR> 1a) pleasant, agreeable (to the senses) <BR> 1b) pleasant (to the higher nature) <BR> 1c) good, excellent (of its kind) <BR> 1d) good, rich, valuable in estimation <BR> 1e) good, appropriate, becoming <BR> 1f) better (comparative) <BR> 1g) glad, happy, prosperous (of man's sensuous nature) <BR> 1h) good understanding (of man's intellectual nature) <BR> 1i) good, kind, benign <BR> 1j) good, right (ethical) <BR> n m <BR> 2) a good thing, benefit, welfare <BR> 2a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 2b) good things (collective) <BR> 2c) good, benefit <BR> 2d) moral good <BR> n f <BR> 3) welfare, benefit, good things <BR> 3a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 3b) good things (collective) <BR> 3c) bounty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭō·wḇ
         [it was] good . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And there was evening, and there was morning—the fourth day.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     And there was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         And there was 
    
 
        
            עֶ֥רֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶ֥רֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘e·reḇ
                
                
                     evening , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6153 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) evening, night, sunset <BR> 1a) evening, sunset <BR> 1b) night 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘e·reḇ
         evening , 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     and there was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         and there was 
    
 
        
            בֹ֖קֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֹ֖קֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇō·qer
                
                
                     morning — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1242 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) morning, break of day <BR> 1a) morning <BR> 1a1) of end of night <BR> 1a2) of coming of daylight <BR> 1a3) of coming of sunrise <BR> 1a4) of beginning of day <BR> 1a5) of bright joy after night of distress (fig.) <BR> 1b) morrow, next day, next morning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇō·qer
         morning — 
    
 
        
            רְבִיעִֽי׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְבִיעִֽי׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·ḇî·‘î
                
                
                     the fourth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - ordinal masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7243 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fourth <BR> 1a) fourth <BR> 1b) four square <BR> 1c) fourth part 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·ḇî·‘î
         the fourth 
    
 
        
            י֥וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
י֥וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·wm
                
                
                     day . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·wm
         day . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And God said, “Let the waters teem with living creatures, and let birds fly above the earth in the open expanse of the sky.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     And God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         And God 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said , 
    
 
        
            הַמַּ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·yim
                
                
                     “ Let the waters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·yim
         “ Let the waters 
    
 
        
            יִשְׁרְצ֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׁרְצ֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiš·rə·ṣū
                
                
                     teem 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8317 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) to teem, swarm, multiply <BR> 1a) to swarm, teem <BR> 1b2) to swarm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiš·rə·ṣū
         teem 
    
 
        
            נֶ֣פֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֶ֣פֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ne·p̄eš
                
                
                     with living 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5315 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) soul, self, life, creature, person, appetite, mind, living being, desire, emotion, passion <BR> 1a) that which breathes, the breathing substance or being, soul, the inner being of man <BR> 1b) living being <BR> 1c) living being (with life in the blood) <BR> 1d) the man himself, self, person or individual <BR> 1e) seat of the appetites <BR> 1f) seat of emotions and passions <BR> 1g) activity of mind <BR> 1g1) dubious <BR> 1h) activity of the will <BR> 1h1) dubious <BR> 1i) activity of the character <BR> 1i1) dubious 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ne·p̄eš
         with living 
    
 
        
            חַיָּ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַיָּ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥay·yāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2416 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) living, alive <BR> 1a) green (of vegetation) <BR> 1b) flowing, fresh (of water) <BR> 1c) lively, active (of man) <BR> 1d) reviving (of the springtime) <BR> n m <BR> 2) relatives <BR> 3) life (abstract emphatic) <BR> 3a) life <BR> 3b) sustenance, maintenance <BR> n f <BR> 4) living thing, animal <BR> 4a) animal <BR> 4b) life <BR> 4c) appetite <BR> 4d) revival, renewal <BR> 5) community 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥay·yāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שֶׁ֖רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֶׁ֖רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    še·reṣ
                
                
                     creatures , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) teeming or swarming things, creepers, swarmers <BR> 1a) of insects, animals, small reptiles, quadrupeds 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        še·reṣ
         creatures , 
    
 
        
            וְעוֹף֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעוֹף֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ō·wp̄
                
                
                     and let birds 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5775 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flying creatures, fowl, insects, birds <BR> 1a) fowl, birds <BR> 1b) winged insects 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ō·wp̄
         and let birds 
    
 
        
            יְעוֹפֵ֣ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְעוֹפֵ֣ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·‘ō·w·p̄êp̄
                
                
                     fly 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5774 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to fly, fly about, fly away <BR> 1a)(Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fly, hover <BR> 1a2) to fly away <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to cause to fly, light upon <BR> 1c) (Polel) <BR> 1c1) to fly about or to and fro <BR> 1c2) to cause to fly to and fro, brandish <BR> 1d) (Hithpolel) to fly away <BR> 2) (Qal) to cover, be dark <BR> n f <BR> 3) gloom 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·‘ō·w·p̄êp̄
         fly 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     above 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         above 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֔רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֔רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the earth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the earth 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     in 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         in 
    
 
        
            פְּנֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּנֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·nê
                
                
                     the open 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·nê
         the open 
    
 
        
            רְקִ֥יעַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְקִ֥יעַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·qî·a‘
                
                
                     expanse 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7549 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) extended surface (solid), expanse, firmament <BR> 1a) expanse (flat as base, support) <BR> 1b) firmament (of vault of heaven supporting waters above)<BR> 1b1) considered by Hebrews as solid and supporting 'waters' above 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·qî·a‘
         expanse 
    
 
        
            הַשָּׁמָֽיִם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשָּׁמָֽיִם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šā·mā·yim
                
                
                     of the sky . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8064 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible heavens, sky <BR> 1a1) as abode of the stars <BR> 1a2) as the visible universe, the sky, atmosphere, etc <BR> 1b) Heaven (as the abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šā·mā·yim
         of the sky . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So God created the great sea creatures and every living thing that moves, with which the waters teemed according to their kinds, and every winged bird after its kind. And God saw that it was good.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שָׁרְצ֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁרְצ֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·rə·ṣū
                
                
                     teemed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8317 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) to teem, swarm, multiply <BR> 1a) to swarm, teem <BR> 1b2) to swarm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·rə·ṣū
         teemed 
    
 
        
            לְמִֽינֵהֶ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִֽינֵהֶ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mî·nê·hem
                
                
                     according to their kinds , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4327 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kind, sometimes a species (usually of animals) <BR> ++++<BR> Groups of living organisms belong in the same created |kind| if they have descended from the same ancestral gene pool. This does not preclude new species because this represents a partitioning of the original gene pool. Information is lost or conserved not gained. A new species could arise when a population is isolated and inbreeding occurs. By this definition a new species is not a new |kind| but a further partitioning of an existing |kind|. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mî·nê·hem
         according to their kinds , 
    
 
        
            וְאֵ֨ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֨ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         and 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     every 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         every 
    
 
        
            ע֤וֹף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֤וֹף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wp̄
                
                
                     bird 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5775 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flying creatures, fowl, insects, birds <BR> 1a) fowl, birds <BR> 1b) winged insects 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wp̄
         bird 
    
 
        
            כָּנָף֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּנָף֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·nāp̄
                
                
                     of flight 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3671 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wing, extremity, edge, winged, border, corner, shirt <BR> 1a) wing <BR> 1b) extremity <BR> 1b1) skirt, corner (of garment) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·nāp̄
         of flight 
    
 
        
            לְמִינֵ֔הוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִינֵ֔הוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mî·nê·hū
                
                
                     after its kind . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4327 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kind, sometimes a species (usually of animals) <BR> ++++<BR> Groups of living organisms belong in the same created |kind| if they have descended from the same ancestral gene pool. This does not preclude new species because this represents a partitioning of the original gene pool. Information is lost or conserved not gained. A new species could arise when a population is isolated and inbreeding occurs. By this definition a new species is not a new |kind| but a further partitioning of an existing |kind|. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mî·nê·hū
         after its kind . 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     And God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         And God 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֥רְא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֥רְא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yar
                
                
                     saw 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yar
         saw 
    
 
        
            כִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         that 
    
 
        
            טֽוֹב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טֽוֹב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭō·wḇ
                
                
                     [it was] good . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2896 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) good, pleasant, agreeable <BR> 1a) pleasant, agreeable (to the senses) <BR> 1b) pleasant (to the higher nature) <BR> 1c) good, excellent (of its kind) <BR> 1d) good, rich, valuable in estimation <BR> 1e) good, appropriate, becoming <BR> 1f) better (comparative) <BR> 1g) glad, happy, prosperous (of man's sensuous nature) <BR> 1h) good understanding (of man's intellectual nature) <BR> 1i) good, kind, benign <BR> 1j) good, right (ethical) <BR> n m <BR> 2) a good thing, benefit, welfare <BR> 2a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 2b) good things (collective) <BR> 2c) good, benefit <BR> 2d) moral good <BR> n f <BR> 3) welfare, benefit, good things <BR> 3a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 3b) good things (collective) <BR> 3c) bounty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭō·wḇ
         [it was] good . 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     So 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         So 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         God 
    
 
        
            וַיִּבְרָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּבְרָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiḇ·rā
                
                
                     created 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1254 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to create, shape, form <BR> 1a) (Qal) to shape, fashion, create (always with God as subject) <BR> 1a1) of heaven and earth <BR> 1a2) of individual man <BR> 1a3) of new conditions and circumstances <BR> 1a4) of transformations <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be created <BR> 1b1) of heaven and earth <BR> 1b2) of birth <BR> 1b3) of something new <BR> 1b4) of miracles <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to cut down <BR> 1c2) to cut out <BR> 2) to be fat <BR> 2a) (Hiphil) to make yourselves fat 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiḇ·rā
         created 
    
 
        
            הַגְּדֹלִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגְּדֹלִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gə·ḏō·lîm
                
                
                     the great 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1419 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) large (in magnitude and extent) <BR> 1b) in number <BR> 1c) in intensity <BR> 1d) loud (in sound) <BR> 1e) older (in age) <BR> 1f) in importance <BR> 1f1) important things <BR> 1f2) great, distinguished (of men) <BR> 1f3) God Himself (of God) <BR> subst <BR> 1g) great things <BR> 1h) haughty things <BR> 1i) greatness <BR> n pr m <BR> 1j) (CLBL) Haggedolim, the great man?, father of Zabdiel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gə·ḏō·lîm
         the great 
    
 
        
            וְאֵ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            הַתַּנִּינִ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַתַּנִּינִ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hat·tan·nî·nim
                
                
                     sea creatures 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8577 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dragon, serpent, sea monster <BR> 1a) dragon or dinosaur <BR> 1b) sea or river monster <BR> 1c) serpent, venomous snake 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hat·tan·nî·nim
         sea creatures 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     and every 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         and every 
    
 
        
            הַֽחַיָּ֣ה׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽחַיָּ֣ה׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥay·yāh
                
                
                     living 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2416 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) living, alive <BR> 1a) green (of vegetation) <BR> 1b) flowing, fresh (of water) <BR> 1c) lively, active (of man) <BR> 1d) reviving (of the springtime) <BR> n m <BR> 2) relatives <BR> 3) life (abstract emphatic) <BR> 3a) life <BR> 3b) sustenance, maintenance <BR> n f <BR> 4) living thing, animal <BR> 4a) animal <BR> 4b) life <BR> 4c) appetite <BR> 4d) revival, renewal <BR> 5) community 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥay·yāh
         living 
    
 
        
            נֶ֣פֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֶ֣פֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ne·p̄eš
                
                
                     thing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5315 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) soul, self, life, creature, person, appetite, mind, living being, desire, emotion, passion <BR> 1a) that which breathes, the breathing substance or being, soul, the inner being of man <BR> 1b) living being <BR> 1c) living being (with life in the blood) <BR> 1d) the man himself, self, person or individual <BR> 1e) seat of the appetites <BR> 1f) seat of emotions and passions <BR> 1g) activity of mind <BR> 1g1) dubious <BR> 1h) activity of the will <BR> 1h1) dubious <BR> 1i) activity of the character <BR> 1i1) dubious 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ne·p̄eš
         thing 
    
 
        
            הָֽרֹמֶ֡שֶׂת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽרֹמֶ֡שֶׂת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rō·me·śeṯ
                
                
                     that moves , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to creep, move lightly, move about, walk on all fours <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to creep, teem (of all creeping things) <BR> 1a2) to creep (of animals) <BR> 1a3) to move lightly, glide about (of water animals) <BR> 1a4) to move about (of all land animals generally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rō·me·śeṯ
         that moves , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     [with] which 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         [with] which 
    
 
        
            הַמַּ֜יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּ֜יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·yim
                
                
                     the waters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·yim
         the waters 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then God blessed them and said, “Be fruitful and multiply and fill the waters of the seas, and let birds multiply on the earth.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     Then God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         Then God 
    
 
        
            וַיְבָ֧רֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְבָ֧רֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ḇā·reḵ
                
                
                     blessed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1288 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bless, kneel <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to kneel <BR> 1a2) to bless <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be blessed, bless oneself <BR> 1c) (Piel) to bless <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be blessed, be adored <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to cause to kneel <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to bless oneself <BR> 2) (TWOT) to praise, salute, curse 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ḇā·reḵ
         blessed 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     [and] said , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         [and] said , 
    
 
        
            פְּר֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּר֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·rū
                
                
                     “ Be fruitful 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6509 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bear fruit, be fruitful, branch off <BR> 1a) (Qal) to bear fruit, be fruitful<BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to bear fruit <BR> 1b2) to make fruitful <BR> 1b3) to show fruitfulness, bear fruit 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·rū
         “ Be fruitful 
    
 
        
            וּרְב֗וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּרְב֗וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·rə·ḇū
                
                
                     and multiply 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7235 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) be or become great, be or become many, be or become much, be or become numerous <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to become many, become numerous, multiply (of people, animals, things) <BR> 1a2) to be or grow great <BR> 1b) (Piel) to make large, enlarge, increase, become many <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make much, make many, have many <BR> 1c1a) to multiply, increase <BR> 1c1b) to make much to do, do much in respect of, transgress greatly <BR> 1c1c) to increase greatly or exceedingly <BR> 1c2) to make great, enlarge, do much <BR> 2) (Qal) to shoot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·rə·ḇū
         and multiply 
    
 
        
            וּמִלְא֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִלְא֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mil·’ū
                
                
                     and fill 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fill, be full <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be full <BR> 1a1a) fulness, abundance (participle) <BR> 1a1b) to be full, be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1a2) to consecrate, fill the hand <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be filled, be armed, be satisfied <BR> 1b2) to be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to fill <BR> 1c2) to satisfy <BR> 1c3) to fulfil, accomplish, complete <BR> 1c4) to confirm <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be filled <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to mass themselves against 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mil·’ū
         and fill 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַמַּ֙יִם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּ֙יִם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·yim
                
                
                     the waters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·yim
         the waters 
    
 
        
            בַּיַּמִּ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיַּמִּ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·yam·mîm
                
                
                     of the seas , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·yam·mîm
         of the seas , 
    
 
        
            וְהָע֖וֹף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָע֖וֹף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·‘ō·wp̄
                
                
                     and let birds 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5775 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flying creatures, fowl, insects, birds <BR> 1a) fowl, birds <BR> 1b) winged insects 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·‘ō·wp̄
         and let birds 
    
 
        
            יִ֥רֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִ֥רֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yi·reḇ
                
                
                     multiply 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect Jussive - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7235 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) be or become great, be or become many, be or become much, be or become numerous <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to become many, become numerous, multiply (of people, animals, things) <BR> 1a2) to be or grow great <BR> 1b) (Piel) to make large, enlarge, increase, become many <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make much, make many, have many <BR> 1c1a) to multiply, increase <BR> 1c1b) to make much to do, do much in respect of, transgress greatly <BR> 1c1c) to increase greatly or exceedingly <BR> 1c2) to make great, enlarge, do much <BR> 2) (Qal) to shoot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yi·reḇ
         multiply 
    
 
        
            בָּאָֽרֶץ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּאָֽרֶץ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     on the earth . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·’ā·reṣ
         on the earth . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And there was evening, and there was morning—the fifth day.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     And there was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         And there was 
    
 
        
            עֶ֥רֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶ֥רֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘e·reḇ
                
                
                     evening , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6153 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) evening, night, sunset <BR> 1a) evening, sunset <BR> 1b) night 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘e·reḇ
         evening , 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     and there was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         and there was 
    
 
        
            בֹ֖קֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֹ֖קֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇō·qer
                
                
                     morning — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1242 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) morning, break of day <BR> 1a) morning <BR> 1a1) of end of night <BR> 1a2) of coming of daylight <BR> 1a3) of coming of sunrise <BR> 1a4) of beginning of day <BR> 1a5) of bright joy after night of distress (fig.) <BR> 1b) morrow, next day, next morning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇō·qer
         morning — 
    
 
        
            חֲמִישִֽׁי׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲמִישִֽׁי׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·mî·šî
                
                
                     the fifth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - ordinal masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2549 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ordinal number, 5th 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·mî·šî
         the fifth 
    
 
        
            י֥וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
י֥וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·wm
                
                
                     day . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·wm
         day . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And God said, “Let the earth bring forth living creatures according to their kinds: livestock, land crawlers, and beasts of the earth according to their kinds.” And it was so.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     And God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         And God 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said , 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֜רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֜רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     “ Let the earth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         “ Let the earth 
    
 
        
            תּוֹצֵ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תּוֹצֵ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tō·w·ṣê
                
                
                     bring forth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect Jussive - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tō·w·ṣê
         bring forth 
    
 
        
            חַיָּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַיָּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥay·yāh
                
                
                     living 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2416 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) living, alive <BR> 1a) green (of vegetation) <BR> 1b) flowing, fresh (of water) <BR> 1c) lively, active (of man) <BR> 1d) reviving (of the springtime) <BR> n m <BR> 2) relatives <BR> 3) life (abstract emphatic) <BR> 3a) life <BR> 3b) sustenance, maintenance <BR> n f <BR> 4) living thing, animal <BR> 4a) animal <BR> 4b) life <BR> 4c) appetite <BR> 4d) revival, renewal <BR> 5) community 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥay·yāh
         living 
    
 
        
            נֶ֤פֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֶ֤פֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ne·p̄eš
                
                
                     creatures 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5315 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) soul, self, life, creature, person, appetite, mind, living being, desire, emotion, passion <BR> 1a) that which breathes, the breathing substance or being, soul, the inner being of man <BR> 1b) living being <BR> 1c) living being (with life in the blood) <BR> 1d) the man himself, self, person or individual <BR> 1e) seat of the appetites <BR> 1f) seat of emotions and passions <BR> 1g) activity of mind <BR> 1g1) dubious <BR> 1h) activity of the will <BR> 1h1) dubious <BR> 1i) activity of the character <BR> 1i1) dubious 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ne·p̄eš
         creatures 
    
 
        
            לְמִינָ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִינָ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mî·nāh
                
                
                     according to their kinds : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4327 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kind, sometimes a species (usually of animals) <BR> ++++<BR> Groups of living organisms belong in the same created |kind| if they have descended from the same ancestral gene pool. This does not preclude new species because this represents a partitioning of the original gene pool. Information is lost or conserved not gained. A new species could arise when a population is isolated and inbreeding occurs. By this definition a new species is not a new |kind| but a further partitioning of an existing |kind|. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mî·nāh
         according to their kinds : 
    
 
        
            בְּהֵמָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּהֵמָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·hê·māh
                
                
                     livestock , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        929 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, cattle, animal <BR> 1a) beasts (coll of all animals) <BR> 1b) cattle, livestock (of domestic animals)<BR> 1c) wild beasts 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·hê·māh
         livestock , 
    
 
        
            וָרֶ֛מֶשׂ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָרֶ֛מֶשׂ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·re·meś
                
                
                     land crawlers , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7431 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) creeping things, moving things, creeping organism <BR> 1a) creeping things <BR> 1b) gliding things (of sea animals) <BR> 1c) moving things (of all animals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·re·meś
         land crawlers , 
    
 
        
            וְחַֽיְתוֹ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחַֽיְתוֹ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥay·ṯōw-
                
                
                     and beasts 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2416 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) living, alive <BR> 1a) green (of vegetation) <BR> 1b) flowing, fresh (of water) <BR> 1c) lively, active (of man) <BR> 1d) reviving (of the springtime) <BR> n m <BR> 2) relatives <BR> 3) life (abstract emphatic) <BR> 3a) life <BR> 3b) sustenance, maintenance <BR> n f <BR> 4) living thing, animal <BR> 4a) animal <BR> 4b) life <BR> 4c) appetite <BR> 4d) revival, renewal <BR> 5) community 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥay·ṯōw-
         and beasts 
    
 
        
            אֶ֖רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֖רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·reṣ
                
                
                     of the earth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·reṣ
         of the earth 
    
 
        
            לְמִינָ֑הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִינָ֑הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mî·nāh
                
                
                     according to their kinds . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4327 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kind, sometimes a species (usually of animals) <BR> ++++<BR> Groups of living organisms belong in the same created |kind| if they have descended from the same ancestral gene pool. This does not preclude new species because this represents a partitioning of the original gene pool. Information is lost or conserved not gained. A new species could arise when a population is isolated and inbreeding occurs. By this definition a new species is not a new |kind| but a further partitioning of an existing |kind|. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mî·nāh
         according to their kinds . ” 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     And it was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         And it was 
    
 
        
            כֵֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵên
                
                
                     so . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵên
         so . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            God made the beasts of the earth according to their kinds, the livestock according to their kinds, and everything that crawls upon the earth according to its kind. And God saw that it was good.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהִים֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִים֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         God 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֣עַשׂ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֣עַשׂ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘aś
                
                
                     made 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘aś
         made 
    
 
        
            חַיַּ֨ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַיַּ֨ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥay·yaṯ
                
                
                     the beasts 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2416 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) living, alive <BR> 1a) green (of vegetation) <BR> 1b) flowing, fresh (of water) <BR> 1c) lively, active (of man) <BR> 1d) reviving (of the springtime) <BR> n m <BR> 2) relatives <BR> 3) life (abstract emphatic) <BR> 3a) life <BR> 3b) sustenance, maintenance <BR> n f <BR> 4) living thing, animal <BR> 4a) animal <BR> 4b) life <BR> 4c) appetite <BR> 4d) revival, renewal <BR> 5) community 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥay·yaṯ
         the beasts 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֜רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֜רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     of the earth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         of the earth 
    
 
        
            לְמִינָ֗הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִינָ֗הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mî·nāh
                
                
                     according to their kinds , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4327 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kind, sometimes a species (usually of animals) <BR> ++++<BR> Groups of living organisms belong in the same created |kind| if they have descended from the same ancestral gene pool. This does not preclude new species because this represents a partitioning of the original gene pool. Information is lost or conserved not gained. A new species could arise when a population is isolated and inbreeding occurs. By this definition a new species is not a new |kind| but a further partitioning of an existing |kind|. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mî·nāh
         according to their kinds , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַבְּהֵמָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבְּהֵמָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bə·hê·māh
                
                
                     the livestock 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        929 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, cattle, animal <BR> 1a) beasts (coll of all animals) <BR> 1b) cattle, livestock (of domestic animals)<BR> 1c) wild beasts 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bə·hê·māh
         the livestock 
    
 
        
            לְמִינָ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִינָ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mî·nāh
                
                
                     according to their kinds , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4327 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kind, sometimes a species (usually of animals) <BR> ++++<BR> Groups of living organisms belong in the same created |kind| if they have descended from the same ancestral gene pool. This does not preclude new species because this represents a partitioning of the original gene pool. Information is lost or conserved not gained. A new species could arise when a population is isolated and inbreeding occurs. By this definition a new species is not a new |kind| but a further partitioning of an existing |kind|. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mî·nāh
         according to their kinds , 
    
 
        
            וְאֵ֛ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֛ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         and 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     everything 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         everything 
    
 
        
            רֶ֥מֶשׂ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֶ֥מֶשׂ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    re·meś
                
                
                     that crawls 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7431 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) creeping things, moving things, creeping organism <BR> 1a) creeping things <BR> 1b) gliding things (of sea animals) <BR> 1c) moving things (of all animals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        re·meś
         that crawls 
    
 
        
            הָֽאֲדָמָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽאֲדָמָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ă·ḏā·māh
                
                
                     upon the earth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ground, land <BR> 1a) ground (as general, tilled, yielding sustenance) <BR> 1b) piece of ground, a specific plot of land <BR> 1c) earth substance (for building or constructing) <BR> 1d) ground as earth's visible surface <BR> 1e) land, territory, country <BR> 1f) whole inhabited earth <BR> 1g) city in Naphtali 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ă·ḏā·māh
         upon the earth 
    
 
        
            לְמִינֵ֑הוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִינֵ֑הוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mî·nê·hū
                
                
                     according to its kind . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4327 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kind, sometimes a species (usually of animals) <BR> ++++<BR> Groups of living organisms belong in the same created |kind| if they have descended from the same ancestral gene pool. This does not preclude new species because this represents a partitioning of the original gene pool. Information is lost or conserved not gained. A new species could arise when a population is isolated and inbreeding occurs. By this definition a new species is not a new |kind| but a further partitioning of an existing |kind|. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mî·nê·hū
         according to its kind . 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     And God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         And God 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֥רְא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֥רְא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yar
                
                
                     saw 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yar
         saw 
    
 
        
            כִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         that 
    
 
        
            טֽוֹב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טֽוֹב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭō·wḇ
                
                
                     [it was] good . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2896 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) good, pleasant, agreeable <BR> 1a) pleasant, agreeable (to the senses) <BR> 1b) pleasant (to the higher nature) <BR> 1c) good, excellent (of its kind) <BR> 1d) good, rich, valuable in estimation <BR> 1e) good, appropriate, becoming <BR> 1f) better (comparative) <BR> 1g) glad, happy, prosperous (of man's sensuous nature) <BR> 1h) good understanding (of man's intellectual nature) <BR> 1i) good, kind, benign <BR> 1j) good, right (ethical) <BR> n m <BR> 2) a good thing, benefit, welfare <BR> 2a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 2b) good things (collective) <BR> 2c) good, benefit <BR> 2d) moral good <BR> n f <BR> 3) welfare, benefit, good things <BR> 3a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 3b) good things (collective) <BR> 3c) bounty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭō·wḇ
         [it was] good . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then God said, “Let Us make man in Our image, after Our likeness, to rule over the fish of the sea and the birds of the air, over the livestock, and over all the earth itself and every creature that crawls upon it.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     Then God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         Then God 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said , 
    
 
        
            נַֽעֲשֶׂ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַֽעֲשֶׂ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     “ Let Us make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect Cohortative if contextual - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·‘ă·śeh
         “ Let Us make 
    
 
        
            אָדָ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָדָ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḏām
                
                
                     man 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        120 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mankind <BR> 1a) man, human being <BR> 1b) man, mankind (much more frequently intended sense in OT) <BR> 1c) Adam, first man <BR> 1d) city in Jordan valley 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḏām
         man 
    
 
        
            בְּצַלְמֵ֖נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּצַלְמֵ֖נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṣal·mê·nū
                
                
                     in Our image , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6754 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image <BR> 1a) images (of tumours, mice, heathen gods) <BR> 1b) image, likeness (of resemblance) <BR> 1c) mere, empty, image, semblance (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṣal·mê·nū
         in Our image , 
    
 
        
            כִּדְמוּתֵ֑נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּדְמוּתֵ֑נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kiḏ·mū·ṯê·nū
                
                
                     after Our likeness , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1823 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n f<BR> 1) likeness, similitude <BR> adv <BR> 2) in the likeness of, like as 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kiḏ·mū·ṯê·nū
         after Our likeness , 
    
 
        
            וְיִרְדּוּ֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיִרְדּוּ֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yir·dū
                
                
                     to rule 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7287 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rule, have dominion, dominate, tread down <BR> 1a) (Qal) to have dominion, rule, subjugate <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to cause to dominate <BR> 2) to scrape out <BR> 2a) (Qal) to scrape, scrape out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yir·dū
         to rule 
    
 
        
            בִדְגַ֨ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִדְגַ֨ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇiḏ·ḡaṯ
                
                
                     over the fish 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1710 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fish 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇiḏ·ḡaṯ
         over the fish 
    
 
        
            הַיָּ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     of the sea 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         of the sea 
    
 
        
            וּבְע֣וֹף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְע֣וֹף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·‘ō·wp̄
                
                
                     and the birds 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5775 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flying creatures, fowl, insects, birds <BR> 1a) fowl, birds <BR> 1b) winged insects 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·‘ō·wp̄
         and the birds 
    
 
        
            הַשָּׁמַ֗יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשָּׁמַ֗יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šā·ma·yim
                
                
                     of the air , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8064 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible heavens, sky <BR> 1a1) as abode of the stars <BR> 1a2) as the visible universe, the sky, atmosphere, etc <BR> 1b) Heaven (as the abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šā·ma·yim
         of the air , 
    
 
        
            וּבַבְּהֵמָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבַבְּהֵמָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇab·bə·hê·māh
                
                
                     over the livestock , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        929 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, cattle, animal <BR> 1a) beasts (coll of all animals) <BR> 1b) cattle, livestock (of domestic animals)<BR> 1c) wild beasts 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇab·bə·hê·māh
         over the livestock , 
    
 
        
            וּבְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·ḵāl
                
                
                     and over all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·ḵāl
         and over all 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֔רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֔רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the earth itself 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the earth itself 
    
 
        
            וּבְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·ḵāl
                
                
                     and every 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·ḵāl
         and every 
    
 
        
            הָרֶ֖מֶשׂ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרֶ֖מֶשׂ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·re·meś
                
                
                     creature 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7431 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) creeping things, moving things, creeping organism <BR> 1a) creeping things <BR> 1b) gliding things (of sea animals) <BR> 1c) moving things (of all animals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·re·meś
         creature 
    
 
        
            הָֽרֹמֵ֥שׂ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽרֹמֵ֥שׂ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rō·mêś
                
                
                     that crawls 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to creep, move lightly, move about, walk on all fours <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to creep, teem (of all creeping things) <BR> 1a2) to creep (of animals) <BR> 1a3) to move lightly, glide about (of water animals) <BR> 1a4) to move about (of all land animals generally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rō·mêś
         that crawls 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     upon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         upon 
    
 
        
            הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     [it] . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         [it] . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So God created man in His own image; in the image of God He created him; male and female He created them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִ֤ים׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֤ים׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     So God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         So God 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיִּבְרָ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּבְרָ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiḇ·rā
                
                
                     created 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1254 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to create, shape, form <BR> 1a) (Qal) to shape, fashion, create (always with God as subject) <BR> 1a1) of heaven and earth <BR> 1a2) of individual man <BR> 1a3) of new conditions and circumstances <BR> 1a4) of transformations <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be created <BR> 1b1) of heaven and earth <BR> 1b2) of birth <BR> 1b3) of something new <BR> 1b4) of miracles <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to cut down <BR> 1c2) to cut out <BR> 2) to be fat <BR> 2a) (Hiphil) to make yourselves fat 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiḇ·rā
         created 
    
 
        
            הָֽאָדָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽאָדָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·ḏām
                
                
                     man 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        120 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mankind <BR> 1a) man, human being <BR> 1b) man, mankind (much more frequently intended sense in OT) <BR> 1c) Adam, first man <BR> 1d) city in Jordan valley 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·ḏām
         man 
    
 
        
            בְּצַלְמ֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּצַלְמ֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṣal·mōw
                
                
                     in His [own] image ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6754 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image <BR> 1a) images (of tumours, mice, heathen gods) <BR> 1b) image, likeness (of resemblance) <BR> 1c) mere, empty, image, semblance (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṣal·mōw
         in His [own] image ; 
    
 
        
            בְּצֶ֥לֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּצֶ֥לֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṣe·lem
                
                
                     in the image 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6754 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image <BR> 1a) images (of tumours, mice, heathen gods) <BR> 1b) image, likeness (of resemblance) <BR> 1c) mere, empty, image, semblance (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṣe·lem
         in the image 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     of God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         of God 
    
 
        
            בָּרָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּרָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·rā
                
                
                     He created 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1254 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to create, shape, form <BR> 1a) (Qal) to shape, fashion, create (always with God as subject) <BR> 1a1) of heaven and earth <BR> 1a2) of individual man <BR> 1a3) of new conditions and circumstances <BR> 1a4) of transformations <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be created <BR> 1b1) of heaven and earth <BR> 1b2) of birth <BR> 1b3) of something new <BR> 1b4) of miracles <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to cut down <BR> 1c2) to cut out <BR> 2) to be fat <BR> 2a) (Hiphil) to make yourselves fat 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·rā
         He created 
    
 
        
            אֹת֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹת֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯōw
                
                
                     him ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯōw
         him ; 
    
 
        
            זָכָ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָכָ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·ḵār
                
                
                     male 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2145 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) male (of humans and animals) <BR> adj <BR> 2) male (of humans) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·ḵār
         male 
    
 
        
            וּנְקֵבָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּנְקֵבָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·nə·qê·ḇāh
                
                
                     and female 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5347 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) female <BR> 1a) woman, female child <BR> 1b) female animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·nə·qê·ḇāh
         and female 
    
 
        
            בָּרָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּרָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·rā
                
                
                     He created 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1254 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to create, shape, form <BR> 1a) (Qal) to shape, fashion, create (always with God as subject) <BR> 1a1) of heaven and earth <BR> 1a2) of individual man <BR> 1a3) of new conditions and circumstances <BR> 1a4) of transformations <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be created <BR> 1b1) of heaven and earth <BR> 1b2) of birth <BR> 1b3) of something new <BR> 1b4) of miracles <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to cut down <BR> 1c2) to cut out <BR> 2) to be fat <BR> 2a) (Hiphil) to make yourselves fat 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·rā
         He created 
    
 
        
            אֹתָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            God blessed them and said to them, “Be fruitful and multiply, and fill the earth and subdue it; rule over the fish of the sea and the birds of the air and every creature that crawls upon the earth.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִים֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִים֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         God 
    
 
        
            וַיְבָ֣רֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְבָ֣רֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ḇā·reḵ
                
                
                     blessed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1288 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bless, kneel <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to kneel <BR> 1a2) to bless <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be blessed, bless oneself <BR> 1c) (Piel) to bless <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be blessed, be adored <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to cause to kneel <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to bless oneself <BR> 2) (TWOT) to praise, salute, curse 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ḇā·reḵ
         blessed 
    
 
        
            אֹתָם֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָם֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהִ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         and 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     to them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         to them , 
    
 
        
            פְּר֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּר֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·rū
                
                
                     “ Be fruitful 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6509 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bear fruit, be fruitful, branch off <BR> 1a) (Qal) to bear fruit, be fruitful<BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to bear fruit <BR> 1b2) to make fruitful <BR> 1b3) to show fruitfulness, bear fruit 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·rū
         “ Be fruitful 
    
 
        
            וּרְב֛וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּרְב֛וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·rə·ḇū
                
                
                     and multiply , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7235 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) be or become great, be or become many, be or become much, be or become numerous <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to become many, become numerous, multiply (of people, animals, things) <BR> 1a2) to be or grow great <BR> 1b) (Piel) to make large, enlarge, increase, become many <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make much, make many, have many <BR> 1c1a) to multiply, increase <BR> 1c1b) to make much to do, do much in respect of, transgress greatly <BR> 1c1c) to increase greatly or exceedingly <BR> 1c2) to make great, enlarge, do much <BR> 2) (Qal) to shoot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·rə·ḇū
         and multiply , 
    
 
        
            וּמִלְא֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִלְא֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mil·’ū
                
                
                     and fill 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fill, be full <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be full <BR> 1a1a) fulness, abundance (participle) <BR> 1a1b) to be full, be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1a2) to consecrate, fill the hand <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be filled, be armed, be satisfied <BR> 1b2) to be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to fill <BR> 1c2) to satisfy <BR> 1c3) to fulfil, accomplish, complete <BR> 1c4) to confirm <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be filled <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to mass themselves against 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mil·’ū
         and fill 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֖רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֖רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the earth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the earth 
    
 
        
            וְכִבְשֻׁ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכִבְשֻׁ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵiḇ·šu·hā
                
                
                     and subdue it ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3533 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to subject, subdue, force, keep under, bring into bondage <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to bring into bondage, make subservient <BR> 1a2) to subdue, force, violate <BR> 1a3) to subdue, dominate, tread down <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be subdued <BR> 1c) (Piel) to subdue <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to bring into bondage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵiḇ·šu·hā
         and subdue it ; 
    
 
        
            וּרְד֞וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּרְד֞וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·rə·ḏū
                
                
                     rule 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7287 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rule, have dominion, dominate, tread down <BR> 1a) (Qal) to have dominion, rule, subjugate <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to cause to dominate <BR> 2) to scrape out <BR> 2a) (Qal) to scrape, scrape out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·rə·ḏū
         rule 
    
 
        
            בִּדְגַ֤ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּדְגַ֤ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biḏ·ḡaṯ
                
                
                     over the fish 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1710 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fish 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biḏ·ḡaṯ
         over the fish 
    
 
        
            הַיָּם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     of the sea 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         of the sea 
    
 
        
            וּבְע֣וֹף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְע֣וֹף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·‘ō·wp̄
                
                
                     and the birds 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5775 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flying creatures, fowl, insects, birds <BR> 1a) fowl, birds <BR> 1b) winged insects 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·‘ō·wp̄
         and the birds 
    
 
        
            הַשָּׁמַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשָּׁמַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šā·ma·yim
                
                
                     of the air 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8064 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible heavens, sky <BR> 1a1) as abode of the stars <BR> 1a2) as the visible universe, the sky, atmosphere, etc <BR> 1b) Heaven (as the abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šā·ma·yim
         of the air 
    
 
        
            וּבְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·ḵāl
                
                
                     and every 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·ḵāl
         and every 
    
 
        
            חַיָּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַיָּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥay·yāh
                
                
                     creature 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2416 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) living, alive <BR> 1a) green (of vegetation) <BR> 1b) flowing, fresh (of water) <BR> 1c) lively, active (of man) <BR> 1d) reviving (of the springtime) <BR> n m <BR> 2) relatives <BR> 3) life (abstract emphatic) <BR> 3a) life <BR> 3b) sustenance, maintenance <BR> n f <BR> 4) living thing, animal <BR> 4a) animal <BR> 4b) life <BR> 4c) appetite <BR> 4d) revival, renewal <BR> 5) community 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥay·yāh
         creature 
    
 
        
            הָֽרֹמֶ֥שֶׂת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽרֹמֶ֥שֶׂת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rō·me·śeṯ
                
                
                     that crawls 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to creep, move lightly, move about, walk on all fours <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to creep, teem (of all creeping things) <BR> 1a2) to creep (of animals) <BR> 1a3) to move lightly, glide about (of water animals) <BR> 1a4) to move about (of all land animals generally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rō·me·śeṯ
         that crawls 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     upon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         upon 
    
 
        
            הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the earth . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the earth . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then God said, “Behold, I have given you every seed-bearing plant on the face of all the earth, and every tree whose fruit contains seed. They will be yours for food.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     Then God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         Then God 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said , 
    
 
        
            הִנֵּה֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנֵּה֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nêh
                
                
                     “ Behold , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nêh
         “ Behold , 
    
 
        
            נָתַ֨תִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָתַ֨תִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ṯat·tî
                
                
                     I have given 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ṯat·tî
         I have given 
    
 
        
            לָכֶ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֶ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵem
                
                
                     you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵem
         you 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     every 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         every 
    
 
        
            זֹרֵ֣עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֹרֵ֣עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zō·rê·a‘
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2232 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to sow, scatter seed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sow <BR> 1a2) producing, yielding seed <BR> 1b)(Niphal)<BR> 1b1) to be sown <BR> 1b2) to become pregnant, be made pregnant <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be sown <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to produce seed, yield seed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zō·rê·a‘
         vvv 
    
 
        
            זֶ֗רַע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֶ֗רַע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ze·ra‘
                
                
                     seed-bearing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2233 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seed, sowing, offspring <BR> 1a) a sowing <BR> 1b) seed <BR> 1c) semen virile <BR> 1d) offspring, descendants, posterity, children <BR> 1e) of moral quality <BR> 1e1) a practitioner of righteousness (fig.) <BR> 1f) sowing time (by meton) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ze·ra‘
         seed-bearing 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            עֵ֣שֶׂב׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֣שֶׂב׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ê·śeḇ
                
                
                     plant 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6212 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) herb, herbage, grass, green plants 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ê·śeḇ
         plant 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            פְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·nê
                
                
                     the face 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·nê
         the face 
    
 
        
            כָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵāl
                
                
                     of all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵāl
         of all 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֔רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֔רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the earth , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the earth , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         and 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     every 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         every 
    
 
        
            הָעֵ֛ץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֵ֛ץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘êṣ
                
                
                     tree 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘êṣ
         tree 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     whose 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         whose 
    
 
        
            פְרִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְרִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ə·rî-
                
                
                     fruit 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6529 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fruit <BR> 1a) fruit, produce (of the ground) <BR> 1b) fruit, offspring, children, progeny (of the womb) <BR> 1c) fruit (of actions) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ə·rî-
         fruit 
    
 
        
            זֹרֵ֣עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֹרֵ֣עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zō·rê·a‘
                
                
                     contains 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2232 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to sow, scatter seed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sow <BR> 1a2) producing, yielding seed <BR> 1b)(Niphal)<BR> 1b1) to be sown <BR> 1b2) to become pregnant, be made pregnant <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be sown <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to produce seed, yield seed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zō·rê·a‘
         contains 
    
 
        
            בּ֥וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בּ֥וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bōw
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bōw
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עֵ֖ץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֖ץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘êṣ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘êṣ
         - 
    
 
        
            זָ֑רַע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָ֑רַע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·ra‘
                
                
                     seed . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2233 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seed, sowing, offspring <BR> 1a) a sowing <BR> 1b) seed <BR> 1c) semen virile <BR> 1d) offspring, descendants, posterity, children <BR> 1e) of moral quality <BR> 1e1) a practitioner of righteousness (fig.) <BR> 1f) sowing time (by meton) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·ra‘
         seed . 
    
 
        
            יִֽהְיֶ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִֽהְיֶ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh
                
                
                     They will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh
         They will be 
    
 
        
            לָכֶ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֶ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵem
                
                
                     yours 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵem
         yours 
    
 
        
            לְאָכְלָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאָכְלָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’āḵ·lāh
                
                
                     for food . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        402 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) food <BR> 1a) food, eating <BR> 1b) object of devouring, consuming <BR> 1b1) by wild beasts (figurative) <BR> 1b2) in fire<BR> 1b3) of judgment (figurative) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’āḵ·lāh
         for food . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And to every beast of the earth and every bird of the air and every creature that crawls upon the earth—everything that has the breath of life in it—I have given every green plant for food.” And it was so.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּֽלְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּֽלְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḵāl-
                
                
                     And to every 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḵāl-
         And to every 
    
 
        
            חַיַּ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַיַּ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥay·yaṯ
                
                
                     beast 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2416 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) living, alive <BR> 1a) green (of vegetation) <BR> 1b) flowing, fresh (of water) <BR> 1c) lively, active (of man) <BR> 1d) reviving (of the springtime) <BR> n m <BR> 2) relatives <BR> 3) life (abstract emphatic) <BR> 3a) life <BR> 3b) sustenance, maintenance <BR> n f <BR> 4) living thing, animal <BR> 4a) animal <BR> 4b) life <BR> 4c) appetite <BR> 4d) revival, renewal <BR> 5) community 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥay·yaṯ
         beast 
    
 
        
            הָ֠אָרֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָ֠אָרֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     of the earth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         of the earth 
    
 
        
            וּלְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḵāl-
                
                
                     and every 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḵāl-
         and every 
    
 
        
            ע֨וֹף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֨וֹף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wp̄
                
                
                     bird 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5775 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flying creatures, fowl, insects, birds <BR> 1a) fowl, birds <BR> 1b) winged insects 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wp̄
         bird 
    
 
        
            הַשָּׁמַ֜יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשָּׁמַ֜יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šā·ma·yim
                
                
                     of the air 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8064 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible heavens, sky <BR> 1a1) as abode of the stars <BR> 1a2) as the visible universe, the sky, atmosphere, etc <BR> 1b) Heaven (as the abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šā·ma·yim
         of the air 
    
 
        
            וּלְכֹ֣ל׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְכֹ֣ל׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḵōl
                
                
                     and every 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḵōl
         and every 
    
 
        
            רוֹמֵ֣שׂ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רוֹמֵ֣שׂ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rō·w·mêś
                
                
                     creature that crawls 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to creep, move lightly, move about, walk on all fours <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to creep, teem (of all creeping things) <BR> 1a2) to creep (of animals) <BR> 1a3) to move lightly, glide about (of water animals) <BR> 1a4) to move about (of all land animals generally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rō·w·mêś
         creature that crawls 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     upon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         upon 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֗רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֗רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the earth — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the earth — 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     everything that has 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         everything that has 
    
 
        
            נֶ֣פֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֶ֣פֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ne·p̄eš
                
                
                     the breath 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5315 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) soul, self, life, creature, person, appetite, mind, living being, desire, emotion, passion <BR> 1a) that which breathes, the breathing substance or being, soul, the inner being of man <BR> 1b) living being <BR> 1c) living being (with life in the blood) <BR> 1d) the man himself, self, person or individual <BR> 1e) seat of the appetites <BR> 1f) seat of emotions and passions <BR> 1g) activity of mind <BR> 1g1) dubious <BR> 1h) activity of the will <BR> 1h1) dubious <BR> 1i) activity of the character <BR> 1i1) dubious 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ne·p̄eš
         the breath 
    
 
        
            חַיָּ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַיָּ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥay·yāh
                
                
                     of life 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2416 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) living, alive <BR> 1a) green (of vegetation) <BR> 1b) flowing, fresh (of water) <BR> 1c) lively, active (of man) <BR> 1d) reviving (of the springtime) <BR> n m <BR> 2) relatives <BR> 3) life (abstract emphatic) <BR> 3a) life <BR> 3b) sustenance, maintenance <BR> n f <BR> 4) living thing, animal <BR> 4a) animal <BR> 4b) life <BR> 4c) appetite <BR> 4d) revival, renewal <BR> 5) community 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥay·yāh
         of life 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בּוֹ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בּוֹ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bōw
                
                
                     in it — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bōw
         in it — 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     [I have given] every 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         [I have given] every 
    
 
        
            יֶ֥רֶק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֶ֥רֶק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ye·req
                
                
                     green 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3418 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) green, greenness, green plants, greenery 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ye·req
         green 
    
 
        
            עֵ֖שֶׂב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֖שֶׂב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ê·śeḇ
                
                
                     plant 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6212 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) herb, herbage, grass, green plants 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ê·śeḇ
         plant 
    
 
        
            לְאָכְלָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאָכְלָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’āḵ·lāh
                
                
                     for food . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        402 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) food <BR> 1a) food, eating <BR> 1b) object of devouring, consuming <BR> 1b1) by wild beasts (figurative) <BR> 1b2) in fire<BR> 1b3) of judgment (figurative) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’āḵ·lāh
         for food . ” 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     And it was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         And it was 
    
 
        
            כֵֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵên
                
                
                     so . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵên
         so . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And God looked upon all that He had made, and indeed, it was very good. And there was evening, and there was morning—the sixth day.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     And God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         And God 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֤רְא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֤רְא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yar
                
                
                     looked upon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yar
         looked upon 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            עָשָׂ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשָׂ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śāh
                
                
                     He had made , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śāh
         He had made , 
    
 
        
            וְהִנֵּה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִנֵּה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hin·nêh-
                
                
                     and indeed , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hin·nêh-
         and indeed , 
    
 
        
            מְאֹ֑ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאֹ֑ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’ōḏ
                
                
                     [it was] very 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) exceedingly, much <BR> subst <BR> 2) might, force, abundance <BR> n m <BR> 3) muchness, force, abundance, exceedingly <BR> 3a) force, might <BR> 3b) exceedingly, greatly, very (idioms showing magnitude or degree) <BR> 3b1) exceedingly <BR> 3b2) up to abundance, to a great degree, exceedingly <BR> 3b3) with muchness, muchness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’ōḏ
         [it was] very 
    
 
        
            ט֖וֹב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ט֖וֹב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭō·wḇ
                
                
                     good . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2896 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) good, pleasant, agreeable <BR> 1a) pleasant, agreeable (to the senses) <BR> 1b) pleasant (to the higher nature) <BR> 1c) good, excellent (of its kind) <BR> 1d) good, rich, valuable in estimation <BR> 1e) good, appropriate, becoming <BR> 1f) better (comparative) <BR> 1g) glad, happy, prosperous (of man's sensuous nature) <BR> 1h) good understanding (of man's intellectual nature) <BR> 1i) good, kind, benign <BR> 1j) good, right (ethical) <BR> n m <BR> 2) a good thing, benefit, welfare <BR> 2a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 2b) good things (collective) <BR> 2c) good, benefit <BR> 2d) moral good <BR> n f <BR> 3) welfare, benefit, good things <BR> 3a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 3b) good things (collective) <BR> 3c) bounty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭō·wḇ
         good . 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     And there was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         And there was 
    
 
        
            עֶ֥רֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶ֥רֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘e·reḇ
                
                
                     evening , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6153 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) evening, night, sunset <BR> 1a) evening, sunset <BR> 1b) night 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘e·reḇ
         evening , 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     and there was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         and there was 
    
 
        
            בֹ֖קֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֹ֖קֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇō·qer
                
                
                     morning — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1242 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) morning, break of day <BR> 1a) morning <BR> 1a1) of end of night <BR> 1a2) of coming of daylight <BR> 1a3) of coming of sunrise <BR> 1a4) of beginning of day <BR> 1a5) of bright joy after night of distress (fig.) <BR> 1b) morrow, next day, next morning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇō·qer
         morning — 
    
 
        
            הַשִּׁשִּֽׁי׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשִּׁשִּֽׁי׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šiš·šî
                
                
                     the sixth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - ordinal masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8345 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sixth <BR> 1a) sixth (ordinal number) <BR> 1b) sixth (as fraction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šiš·šî
         the sixth 
    
 
        
            י֥וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
י֥וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·wm
                
                
                     day . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·wm
         day .